Professional Documents
Culture Documents
MetNote MARS6 Compendium 2
MetNote MARS6 Compendium 2
MetNote MARS6 Compendium 2
Method Note
Compendium
October 1, 2019
Contents
Blood (Human) 40
Bovine Blood 42
Alfalfa 11 Fingernails 46
Feed Grain 16
Wheat 31 Toothpaste 64
Wood 32 Vaseline 65
Wool 34
Yeast 35
Environmental & Regulatory
Boric Acid HF Neutralization 68
Clinical & Biological Fertilizer - AOAC Method 2017.02 69
Pear 150
Gas Atomized Powder in iPrep 226 Sulfide Bulk Concentrate in iPrep 270
Lithium Nickel Cobalt Manganese Oxide 234 Wollastonite (Calcium Silicate) in iPrep 279
Bismuth Yttrium Iron Oxide in iPrep 299 Iron - Silicon Alloy 338
Ceramic Powder in iPrep 302 Lithium Nickel Cobalt Manganese Oxide 340
Circuit Board (Cryo - Ground) 303 Magnesium Oxide (MgO 40-54%) 341
Glass (Ground) 308 Metal Alloy (Ag, Au, Cu) in iPrep 346
Graphite Composite - Cyanate Ester Resin 309 Metal Alloy (Ag, Co, Cu) in iPrep 347
Graphite Composite - Epoxy Resin 310 Metal Alloy (Ag, Cu, Sn) in iPrep 348
Graphite Fiber - Epoxy Resin (Fiber Content) 313 Nickel (II) Hydroxide 353
Kelp 383
Personal Care
Milk (Whole - Liquid) 384
Methylcellulose (Hydroxypropyl) 394 APIs with Aromatic Ring Structures in iPrep 421
Biotin 426
Paints & Coatings Calcium Carbonate 427
Losartan K 444
Petrolatum 505
Polypropylene 513
Polyurethane 515
Rubber 518
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
520
11
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Boric
Boric Acid
Acid HF
HF Neutralization
Neutralization
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
See sample specific method notes.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
6
12
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Cannabis
Cannabis (Plant)
(Plant)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, or alternatively 9 mL HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the
mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
715
13
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Coffee
Coffee Beans
Beans
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may; however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
10
14
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Cotton
Cotton
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
231
15
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Feed
Feed Grain
Grain
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃, and 2 ml of HCl. Gently swirl the
mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
232
16
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Fertilizer
Fertilizer--AOAC
AOACMethod
Method2017.02
2017.02
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 20 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
This method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, with some particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
535
17
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Fertilizer
Fertilizer-AOAC
-AOACMethod
Method2006.03
2006.03
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
233
18
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Geranium
Geranium
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
521
19
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Impatiens
Impatiens
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
522
20
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Leather
Leather
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
490
21
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Palm
Palm Leaves
Leaves
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃, and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
523
22
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Plant
Plant Tissue
Tissue
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
234
23
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Soybean
Soybean
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of (dry weight) sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
235
24
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Soybean
Soybean Meal
Meal
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
524
25
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Agricultur
Spinach Leaves
Spinach Leaves
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
236
26
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Straw
Straw
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃, and 1 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
237
27
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Tea Extract
Tea Extract
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
525
28
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Tea Tannin
Tea Tannin
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
526
29
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Agricultur
Tobacco
Tobacco
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
238
30
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Agricultur
Wheat
Wheat
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
239
31
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Wood
Wood
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
268
32
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Agricultur
Wood Pulp
Wood Pulp
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
527
33
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Agricultur
Wool
Wool
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
528
34
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Yeast
Yeast
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g of dry weight (0.5 g w/Xpress vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
240
35
Clinical & Biological
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Animal Tissue
Animal Tissue(Dry)
(Dry)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/MARSXpress Vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may; however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
4
37
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Animal Tissue
Animal Tissue(Wet)
(Wet)
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (0.5 g w Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
241
38
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Beef Bone
Beef Bone
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
529
39
MARS 6
Microwave
MicrowaveDigestion
Digestionof of Clinical a
Blood (Human)
Blood (Human)
Procedure
Transfer 2 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Take caution when mixing the acids and the sample. The sample may foam slightly.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
242
40
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Blood (Human)
Blood (Human)
Procedure
Transfer 0.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
c) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
737
41
MARS 6
Microwave
MicrowaveDigestion of of
Digestion Clinical a
Bovine Blood
Bovine Blood
Procedure
Transfer 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
531
42
MARS 6
Microwave
MicrowaveDigestion of of
Digestion Clinical a
Bovine Liver (Wet)
Bovine Liver (Wet)
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g (wet weight )(0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
243
43
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Brain Tissue
Brain Tissue(Dog)
(Dog)
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
532
44
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Dog Feces
Dog Feces (Dry)
(Dry)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
533
45
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Fingernails
Fingernails
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g (0.05 g if using the 10 mL vessel) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
c) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
741
46
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Hair
Hair
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g (0.05 g if using the 10 mL vessel) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
c) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
740
47
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Lobster Hepatopancreas
Lobster Hepatopancreas(Tort-CRM)
(Tort-CRM)
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g (dry weight) (0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
244
48
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Rat Kidney
Rat Kidney
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
534
49
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave Digestionof of Clinical a
Urine -- Human
Urine Human
Procedure
Transfer 4 ml of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Take caution when mixing the acids and the sample. The sample may foam slightly.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
245
50
Consumer Products
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Boric
Boric Acid
Acid HF
HF Neutralization
Neutralization
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
See sample specific method notes.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
6
52
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Candle
Candle Fragrance
Fragrance in iPrep
Procedure
Add 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
676
53
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Cosmetics
Cosmetics (Liquid
(LiquidMake-Up)
Make-Up)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
246
54
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Cotton
Cotton
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
231
55
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Deodorant
Deodorant(Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃ and 6 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
735
56
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Eye
Eye Shadow
Shadow
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
247
57
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Foam
Foam (Mattress)
(Mattress) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 1 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
670
58
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Sanitizers
Sanitizers (Hand)
(Hand)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HCl and 4 mL of HNO₃ in aliquots of 1 mL. Gently swirl after each aliquot
is added and allow reaction to subside before adding more HNO3. Allow approximately 45 minutes for pre-digestion.
Notes
Acid addition should be added slowly and in aliquots of 1 mL, as the reaction is vigorous and exothermic upon addition of HNO₃.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in
solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however,
limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
755
59
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Shampoo
Shampoo (Dandruff)
(Dandruff)
Procedure
Transfer 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
248
60
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Soaps
Soaps (Lotion
(Lotionand
andFoam)
Foam)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
754
61
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Sunscreen
Sunscreen in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 250 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
756
62
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Suppository
Suppository (Capsule)
(Capsule)
Procedure
Weigh 1 Capsule (approx. 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 12 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Ensure that the capsule is completely covered with reagent before sealing the vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
249
63
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Toothpaste
Toothpaste
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample onto a filter disk and insert into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL HNO₃ and 2 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
733
64
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Vaseline
Vaseline
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
250
65
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Consume
Wax
Wax (Candle)
(Candle)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
251
66
Environmental & Regulatory
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Boric
Boric Acid
Acid HF
HF Neutralization
Neutralization
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
See sample specific method notes.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
6
68
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Fertilizer
Fertilizer--AOAC
AOACMethod
Method2017.02
2017.02
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 20 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
This method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, with some particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
535
69
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Fertilizer
Fertilizer-AOAC
- AOACMethod
Method2006.03
2006.03
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
233
70
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Fly
Fly Ash
Ash in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Add 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of H₂SO₄ and 3 mL of H₃PO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
71
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Fly
Fly Ash
Ash in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessels to cool. Open and add 1.5 mL of HNO₃, 1.5 mL of HCl, and 1.5 mL of HF. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the
vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Reagents
HNO₃
HCl
HF
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
649
72
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Limestone
Limestone
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7.5 mL of HNO₃ and 2.5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve in soluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilutionto 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
2
73
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
NPDES
NPDES (Waste
(WasteWater)
Water)
Procedure
Transfer 50 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
252
74
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Pine
Pine Needles
Needles
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
253
75
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
RoHS
RoHS (For
(For Pb,
Pb, Hg,
Hg,and
andCd
CdAnalysis)
Analysis)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, and 0.02 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
254
76
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Sediment
Sediment (BCCS
(BCCS --11 CRM)
CRM)(Leach)
(Leach)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample
matrixes.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of
analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
255
77
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Sediment
Sediment (Buffalo
(BuffaloRiver)
River)(Leach)
(Leach)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the
vessel.
Notes
This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample
matrixes.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
256
78
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Sludge
Sludge (Industrial)
(Industrial)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
257
79
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Soil
Soil (Montana
(Montana--CRM)
CRM)(Leach)
(Leach)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample
matrixes.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
258
80
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
TCLP Extract
TCLP Extract
Procedure
Transfer 25 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
259
81
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
US
US EPA 3015 (Aqueous
EPA 3015 (Aqueous Samples)
Samples)
Procedure
Transfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
This method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the
sample matrix.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
260
82
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
US
US EPA 3015a (Aqueous
EPA 3015a (AqueousSample)
Sample)
Procedure
Transfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3, or alternatively 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the
mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
This method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the
sample matrix.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
261
83
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
US
US EPA 3051 (Solid
EPA 3051 (SolidSample)
Sample)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
This method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
262
84
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
US
US EPA 3051a (Solid
EPA 3051a (SolidSample)
Sample)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, or alternatively 9 mL HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the
mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
This method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
263
85
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
US
US EPA 3052 (Sludge,
EPA 3052 (Sludge,Soil,
Soil,Sediment
Sedimentoror
Oil)
Oil)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the method
note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
264
86
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)
USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
265
87
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Waste
Waste Activated
ActivatedSludge
Sludge
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of H₂O₂. Gently
swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
266
88
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Water
Water (For
(ForAnalysis
Analysisof
ofPhosphorous)
Phosphorous)
Procedure
Transfer 50 mL of H₂O into the digestion vessel. Add 0.5 g of K₂S₂O₈ and 1 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
267
89
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Wood
Wood
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
268
90
Food Testing
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Alum
Alum
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HF, and 2 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
536
92
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Apple
Apple
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
269
93
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Asparagus
Asparagus
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
270
94
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Aspartame
Aspartame in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
758
95
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Bacon
Bacon (Cooked)
(Cooked)
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of DI H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
271
96
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Beef
Beef (Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
272
97
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Beef
Beef Bouillon
Bouillon
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
537
98
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Beer
Beer (Light)
(Light)
Procedure
Transfer 4 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
273
99
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Blueberry
Blueberry
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
275
100
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Broccoli
Broccoli
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
277
101
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Caramel
Caramel Color
Color
Procedure
Transfer 2.0 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
278
102
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Carrot
Carrot
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
279
103
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Celery
Celery
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
280
104
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Cheese
Cheese (Cracker)
(Cracker)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
281
105
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Cheese
Cheese (Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
538
106
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Cheese
Cheese (Processed)
(Processed)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
282
107
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Cherry
Cherry
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
283
108
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Chewing
Chewing Gum
Gum
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
284
109
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Chicken
Chicken (Boneless)
(Boneless)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
285
110
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Chili
Chili Candy
Candy (Mexican)
(Mexican)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
286
111
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Chili
Chili Powder
Powder in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless with some small particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
680
112
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Chips
Chips (Potato)
(Potato)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
287
113
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Citrus
Citrus Leaves
Leaves
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of deionized H₂O, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
539
114
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Clam
Clam Puree
Puree
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
540
115
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Cocoa
Cocoa
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
541
116
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Coconut
Coconut
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
542
117
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Coffee
Coffee Beans
Beans
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may; however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
10
118
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Cucumber
Cucumber
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
289
119
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Dog
Dog Food
Food
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of (dry weight) up to 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 Ml
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
290
120
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Fish
Fish Tissue
Tissue
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) up to 2 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
543
121
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Flounder
Flounder
Procedure
Weigh 2 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
544
122
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Flour
Flour
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
292
123
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Food
Food
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g dry weight (0.25 g w/Xpress vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
294
124
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Food
Food Coloring
Coloring(Liquid)
(Liquid)
Procedure
Transfer 0.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
293
125
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Fruit
Fruit Juice
Juice
Procedure
Transfer 2.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
295
126
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Gelatin
Gelatin
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
545
127
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Granola
Granola Bar
Bar
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
296
128
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Grape
Grape
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
297
129
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Grapefruit
Grapefruit
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
298
130
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Gummy
Gummy Bear
Bear
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
729
131
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Ham
Ham
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
299
132
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Cereal
Cereal(Rice
(RiceGrain)
Grain)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
300
133
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Liquid)
(Liquid) in iPrep
Procedure
Transfer 2 mL of of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
301
134
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Liquid)
(Liquid)
Procedure
Transfer 1 mL (0.5 mL w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
302
135
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Powder)
(Powder) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-
digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
303
136
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
304
137
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Kidney
Kidney Bean
Bean
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
305
138
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Kielbasa
Kielbasa Sausage
Sausage
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
546
139
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Maple
Maple Syrup
Syrup
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
306
140
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Mayonnaise
Mayonnaise
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
307
141
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Meal
Meal Replacement
ReplacementShake
Shake(Chocolate)
(Chocolate)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry mix) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
547
142
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Milk (Whole -- Liquid)
Milk (Whole Liquid)
Procedure
Transfer 4 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
309
143
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Milk
Milk (Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
310
144
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Nutritional
NutritionalDrink
Drink(Adult)
(Adult)
Procedure
Transfer 1.0 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
276
145
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Olive
Olive Oil
Oil
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
312
146
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Orange
Orange Juice
Juice
Procedure
Transfer 2.5 ml of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
313
147
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Oyster
Oyster Puree
Puree
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
548
148
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Peanut
Peanut Butter
Butter
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
314
149
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Pear
Pear
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
315
150
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Pepper
Pepper (Bell,
(Bell,Chili,
Chili,Etc.)
Etc.)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
316
151
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Pistachio
Pistachio Nuts
Nuts
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
549
152
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Pizza
Pizza (Frozen,
(Frozen,Pepperoni)
Pepperoni)
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g (homogenized) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
317
153
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Plum
Plum
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
318
154
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Pork
Pork (Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 2.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
319
155
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Potato
Potato
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
320
156
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Potato
Potato Chips
Chips
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
550
157
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Pretzel
Pretzel (Salted)
(Salted)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
321
158
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Protein
Protein Bar
Bar
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
322
159
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Raspberry
Raspberry
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
323
160
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Rice
Rice
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
324
161
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Safflower
Safflower Oil
Oil
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
325
162
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Salad
Salad Dressing
Dressing (Ranch)
(Ranch)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry mix) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
551
163
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Salami
Salami
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
326
164
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Sausage
Sausage
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
327
165
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Soda
Soda (Diet)
(Diet)
Procedure
Transfer 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
328
166
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Sodium
Sodium Free
Free --Seasoning
Seasoning
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
sealing vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
552
167
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Soybean
Soybean
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of (dry weight) sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
235
168
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Spinach
Spinach
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
331
169
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Spinach
Spinach Leaves
Leaves
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
330
170
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Spinach
Spinach Pasta
Pasta
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
553
171
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Strawberry
Strawberry
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
332
172
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Sugar
Sugar (Granulated)
(Granulated)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
333
173
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Tea
Tea (Chai)
(Chai) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 2.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless with some small particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
679
174
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Tea
Tea Leaves
Leaves
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
334
175
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Tomato
Tomato Leaves
Leaves
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, with white silica particles upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
335
176
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Tomato
Tomato Paste
Paste (70%
(70%Moisture)
Moisture)
Procedure
Weigh 2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
554
177
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Tomato
Tomato Soup
Soup
Procedure
Transfer 5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
336
178
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Walnut
Walnut
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
337
179
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Watermelon
Watermelon
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
338
180
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Wheat
WheatCrackers
Crackers
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
555
181
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Whey
Whey
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
340
182
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Whey
Whey (Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
339
183
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Wine
Wine
Procedure
Transfer 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
341
184
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Yogurt
Yogurt (Plain)
(Plain)
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
342
185
Geoscience & Mining
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Alpha
Alpha -- Alumina
Alumina in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HCl. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the sample and acid.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The maximum number of vessels that can be run for this method is 6.
Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
343
187
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Alumina
Alumina Beads
Beads (w/ Silver
(with substrate)
Silver Substrate) in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL of H₃PO₄, and 3.5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
188
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Alumina
Alumina Beads
Beads (w/ Silver
(with substrate)
Silver Substrate) (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Proceeding step one, add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Reagents
HNO₃
HF
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
616
189
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Alumina
Alumina Powder
Powder in iPrep
Procedure
Add 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of H₃PO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-
digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, gold colored, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
672
190
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Aluminum
Aluminum Nitride
Nitride
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL H₃PO₄ and 10 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
560
191
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Aluminum
Aluminum Oxide
Oxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL H₃PO₄ and 3.5 mL H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the
sample and acid.
Notes
EasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method.
Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
344
192
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Aluminum
Aluminum Oxide
Oxide(H₃PO₄)
(H3PO4) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL H₃PO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-
digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid may be required to provide complete digestion of some sample
matrixes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless with some white particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
673
193
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Asbestos
Asbestos
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
492
194
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Automotive
AutomotiveCatalyst
Catalyst
Procedure
Weigh 0.4 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
345
195
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Barium
Barium Titanate
Titanate(BaTiO₃)
(BaTiO3)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3 and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
493
196
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bastnaesite
Bastnaesite Ore
Ore (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 3 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
This method could potentially form HF. It is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
197
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bastnaesite
Bastnaesite Ore
Ore (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessels to cool. Open and add 1 g solid Boric Acid and 20 mL deionized H₂O. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the
vessel.
Notes
Reagents
Solid Boric Acid
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
559
198
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bauxite
Bauxite (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL of H₃PO₄ and 3.5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture before closing
the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
199
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bauxite
Bauxite (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Proceeding step 1 add 1 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Reagents
HNO₃
HCl
HF
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
599
200
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bismuth
Bismuth Aluminate
AluminateMixture
Mixture
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL HCl and 3 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon diltuion to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
746
201
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bismuth
Bismuth Yttrium
YttriumIron
IronOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, 2 mL of HNO₃, and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
202
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bismuth
Bismuth Yttrium
YttriumIron
IronOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 1.75 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 20 mL deionized H₂O into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Reagents
Solid H₃BO₃
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, yellow in color, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
b) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
743
203
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Boiler
Boiler Scale
Scale (80-90%
(80-90%Fe)
Fe)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
494
204
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Boric
Boric Acid
Acid HF
HF Neutralization
Neutralization
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
See sample specific method notes.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
6
205
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Boron
Boron Carbide
Carbide(B₄C)
(B4C) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl to mix the sample particles in the
acid. Slowly and carefully add 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “BoricAcid HF Neutralization”.
Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
674
206
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Carbon
Carbon
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The structure, form and surface area of carbon samples varies widely. Higher temperatures and use of other reagents may be necessary
in order to digest certain samples.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
348
207
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Cement
Cement
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ , 6 mL of HCL, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
349
208
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Ceramic (Fused Silica)
Ceramic (Fused Silica)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 2 mL of HNO₃ , and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
350
209
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Ceramics
Ceramics
Procedure
Weigh 0. 2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ , and 5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
351
210
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Char
Char -- Sulfuric
Sulfuric Acid
Acid
Procedure
Add 6 mL H₂SO₄ into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
EasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method.
This method is for the pretreatment of large sample sizes or difficult organic samples that are resistant to oxidation. After the char is
complete, the vessel is opened and a normal oxidation with HNO₃ can be run, usually at around 200C.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
See sample specific method notes.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
352
211
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Chromium
Chromium Carbide
Carbide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
558
212
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Chromium
Chromium Oxide
Oxide(Cr₂O₃)
(Cr2O3) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Insert stir bar into the vessel. Add 4.5 mL of H₂SO₄ and 4 mL of HNO₃ to the vessel,
then 1.5 mL of H₂O₂ (30%) dropwise. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
681
213
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Clay
Clay
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ , 1 mL of HCl, and 5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 Ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
353
214
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Coal
Coal in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless with some particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
355
215
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Coal
Coal
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
356
216
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Coal
Coal Ash
Ash
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ , 3 mL of HCl and 3 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
354
217
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Cryolite
Cryolite //Electrolytic
ElectrolyticBath
Bath (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel
Notes
Cryolite / Electrolytic Bath is approximately 55% Cryolite (Na₃AlF₆) and 30% Chiolite (Na₅Al₃F₁₄).
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
218
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Cryolite
Cryolite //Electrolytic
ElectrolyticBath
Bath (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 30 mL of Deionized Water and 2 g Boric Acid (solid). Gently swirl the
mixture and seal the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
DI H₂O
Boric Acid (solid)
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
496
219
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Feldspar
Feldspar in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HCl and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. It is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an
additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
220
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Feldspar
Feldspar (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessels to cool. Open and add 4 g solid boric acid and 30 mL of deionized H2O. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the
vessel.
Notes
Reagents
Solid Boric Acid
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
647
221
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Ferric
Ferric Oxide
Oxide in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of a 1:1:1 HCl, HNO₃, and Deionized H₂O mixture. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, yellow in color, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
744
222
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Furnace
Furnace Slag
Slag
Procedure
Add 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used.
This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is
appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending
on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of
analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
498
223
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Gadolinium
Gadolinium Zirconium
ZirconiumOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₂SO₄, 1.5 mL of HNO₃ and 1.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
224
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Gadolinium
Gadolinium Zirconium
ZirconiumOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 1.5 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 20 mL deionized H₂O into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Reagents
H₃BO₃
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
b) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
742
225
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Gas Atomized Powder
Gas Atomized Powder in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Samples were clear, green in color and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
721
226
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Procedure
Add 0.4 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 4 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used.
This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is
appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending
on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of
analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
499
227
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Hafnium
Hafnium Oxide
Oxide
Procedure
Add 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃:HCl:HF (1:1:1) or alternatively, HNO₃:H₂O:HF (1:1:1). (See Notes)
Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. HNO3:HF:H2O (1:1:1)
can be substituted for HNO3:HCl:HF (1:1:1) using the same heating program if the use of HCl is not desired. Mixtures are made from
acids in their concentrated form.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
500
228
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Ilmenite
Ilmenite(FeTiO₃)
(FeTiO3)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
501
229
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Iron
Iron Ore
Ore
Procedure
Weigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₂O, 8 ml of HCl, 4 mL of HNO₃, and 4 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minute before closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-8 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
358
230
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Kaolin
Kaolin
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HCl, 1 mL of HNO3, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
502
231
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Kerosene
Kerosene
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
359
232
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Lead
Lead Sulfide
Sulfide (PbS)
(PbS)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
503
233
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Lithium
Lithium Nickel
NickelCobalt
CobaltManganese
ManganeseOxide
Oxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
The samples were clear, green in color, and particle free upon dilution.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
724
234
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Magnesium
Magnesium Oxide
Oxide(MgO
(MgO40 -54 %)
40-54%)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of DI H₂O, 5 mL HCl, and 5 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl and allow approximately
15 minutes for pre-digestion.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in
solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however,
limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
762
235
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Manganous
Manganous Oxide
Oxide (MnO)
(MnO) (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
236
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Manganous
Manganous Oxide
Oxide (MnO)
(MnO) (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and seal the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Reagents
HCl
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
505
237
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Mica
Mica in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₃PO₄, 3 mL of HCl, and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
690
238
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Mill
Mill Tailings
Tailings (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of H₃PO₄, and 2 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
EasyPrep Plus vessels require a high temperature probe for this method.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
239
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Mill
Mill Tailings
Tailings (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Cool, vent and open vessel after step 1. Add 2.5 mL HNO₃, 2.5 mL HCl, 2.5 mL HF, and 2.5 ml H₂O.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in method note entitled “Boric HF
Neutralization”
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Reagents
HNO₃
HCl
HF
H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
600
240
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Mineral
Mineral Ore
Ore (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of HCl, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
241
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Mineral
Mineral Ore
Ore (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Proceeding step 1 add 25 mL of Boric Acid (4%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
H₃BO₃ (4%)
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
516
242
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Molybdenum
MolybdenumDisulfide
Disulfide(MoS₂)
(MoS2) (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Add 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
243
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Molybdenum
MolybdenumDisulfide
Disulfide(MoS₂)
(MoS2) (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Add 10 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Reagents
HCl
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
506
244
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Nickel
Nickel (II)
(II)Hydroxide
Hydroxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
The samples were clear, light green in color, and particle free upon dilution.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
725
245
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Niobium
Niobium Pentoxide
Pentoxide
Procedure
Add 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
508
246
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Petroleum
Petroleum Coke
Coke (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
247
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Petroleum
Petroleum Coke
Coke (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Proceeding step 1 add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
HNO₃
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
601
248
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Phosphate
Phosphate (21%)
(21%)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O₂ (30%), 5 mL HCl dropwise (wait for reaction to subside before
adding next acid), and 5 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 1 hour before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
761
249
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Phosphate
Phosphate Rock
Rock
Procedure
Add 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 5 mL of HBF₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
509
250
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Pollucite
Pollucite Ore
Ore in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
251
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Pollucite
Pollucite Ore
Ore in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 2.5 g H₃BO₃ and 25 mL of deionized H₂O into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Reagents
H₃BO₃
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
b) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
c) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
757
252
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Pyrophyllite
Pyrophyllite(AlSi₂)5(OH)
(AlSi2)5(OH)
Procedure
Add 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
510
253
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Quartz
Quartz Powder
Powder
Procedure
Weigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
511
254
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Rock
Rock (Pulverized)
(Pulverized)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of HCl, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
361
255
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Rock,
Rock, High
High Sulfide
Sulfide in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
256
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Rock,
Rock, High
High Sulfide
Sulfide in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Proceeding step 1 add 3 mL of HF, and 2 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Reagents
HF
HCl
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
b) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
c) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
d) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
e) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
628
257
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Rutile
Rutile Ore
Ore
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of H₃PO₄, and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
362
258
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Sand
Sand
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
363
259
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Shale
Shale in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HF, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
698
260
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Silica
Silica Sand
Sand
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
364
261
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Silica
Silica Sand
Sand in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HCl and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
The sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
700
262
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Silicon
Silicon Dioxide
Dioxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
365
263
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Silicon
Silicon Nitride
Nitride in iPrep
Procedure
Add 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
701
264
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Silicon
Silicon Wafer
Wafer
Procedure
Add 1 piece (approx. 0.5 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HF and 3 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
366
265
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Slag
Slag -- Furnace
Furnace
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 5 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
367
266
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Sodium
Sodium Antimonate
Antimonate in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
702
267
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Spodumene
Spodumene (Lithium
(LithiumFeldspar)
Feldspar) (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh .25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HCl, 1 mL of HNO₃ and 4 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
268
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Spodumene
Spodumene (Lithium
(LithiumFeldspar)
Feldspar) (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 30 mL of Deionized H₂O and 2 g H₃BO₃ (solid). Gently swirl the mixture and
seal the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
Deionized H₂O
H₃BO₃ (solid)
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
512
269
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Sulfide
Sulfide Bulk
Bulk Concentrate
Concentrate in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
270
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Sulfide
Sulfide Bulk
Bulk Concentrate
Concentrate in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Proceeding step 1 add 5 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of Deionized Water. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Reagents
HCl
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
635
271
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Tantalum
Tantalum Pentoxide
Pentoxide(Ta₂O₅)
(Ta2O5) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
707
272
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Titanium
Titanium Dioxide
Dioxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
489
273
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Titanium
Titanium Slag
Slag Ore
Ore in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 10 mL of HF. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the
sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.
Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
708
274
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Tungsten
Tungsten Carbide
Carbide
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing
the vessel.
Notes
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
369
275
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Tungsten
Tungsten Ore
Ore (50%
(50%W;
W;10%
10%Fe;
Fe;2%
2%Mn)
Mn)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
513
276
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Tungsten
Tungsten Oxide
Oxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 2 mL of HNO₃, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
370
277
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Vermiculite
Vermiculite
Procedure
Add 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
514
278
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Wollastonite
Wollastonite(Calcium
(CalciumSilicate)
Silicate) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of H₃PO₄, 2 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HBF₄. HBF₄ should be added slowly and
carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
711
279
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Zeolite
Zeolite
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
371
280
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Zinc
Zinc Oxide
Oxide(ZnO)
(ZnO)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
393
281
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Zinc
Zinc Oxide
Oxide(ZnO)
(ZnO) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample (onto a filter disk) into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL HNO₃ and 2 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
712
282
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Zircon
Zircon in iPrep
Procedure
Add 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₂SO₄, 1.5 mL of HNO₃, and 1.5 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
713
283
Industrial Hygiene
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Asbestos
Asbestos
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
492
285
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Filter
Filter (MCE)
(MCE)
Procedure
Weigh one 37mm filter and one 25 mm filter (60 mg total) into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HCl and 1 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the
mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method was completed in the 20 mL disposable liner.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
745
286
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Filter
Filter Paper
Paper--37
37mm
mmMixed
MixedCellulose
CelluloseEster
Ester
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approx 0.3 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
373
287
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Filter
Filter Paper
Paper--47
47mm
mmPolycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approx 0.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
374
288
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Filter
Filter Paper
Paper--Cellulose
Cellulose
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approx 0.9 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, and 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Add H₂O before HNO₃.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
372
289
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Ghost
Ghost Wipe
Wipe
Procedure
Weigh 1 wipe (approx 2.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Ensure that the entire wipe is covered with reagent.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
375
290
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Paint
Paint Chips
Chips (For
(ForPb
PbAnalysis)
Analysis)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
HF may be required for a total dissolution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, with some remaining inorganic particles upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
399
291
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Quartz
Quartz Fiber
FiberFilters
Filters
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approximately 0.35 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method should not exceed 180 degrees celsius.
This application should only be completed using the 75 mL Xpress or 110 mL Xpress Plus vessels. It is not suitable for the smaller Xpress
vessels (55 mL, 20 mL, or 10 mL).
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Samples were clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
727
292
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Toray
Toray Filter
Filter in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approximately 0.3-0.5 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
376
293
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Toray
Toray Filter
Filter (Anion)
(Anion)
Procedure
Add 1 toray filter (Approx. 0.3 - 0.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
561
294
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Toray
Toray Filter
Filter (Cation)
(Cation)
Procedure
Add 1 toray filter (Approx. 0.3 - 0.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
562
295
Materials Science
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Acrylic
Acrylic Tape
Tape in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of Deionized water, 7 mL of HNO₃, 1.5 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently
swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
720
297
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bismuth
Bismuth Aluminate
AluminateMixture
Mixture
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL HCl and 3 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon diltuion to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
746
298
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bismuth
Bismuth Yttrium
YttriumIron
IronOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, 2 mL of HNO₃, and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
299
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Bismuth
Bismuth Yttrium
YttriumIron
IronOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 1.75 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 20 mL deionized H₂O into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Reagents
Solid H₃BO₃
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, yellow in color, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
b) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
743
300
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Ceramic
Ceramic Powder
Powder
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 10 mL of HF, 4.4 g of Boric Acid solid, and 25 mL of H₂O. Gently
swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. It is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed with
boric acid.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
752
301
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Ceramic
Ceramic Powder
Powder in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 10 mL of HF, 4.4 g of Boric Acid solid, and 25 mL of H₂O. Gently
swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This Application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed
with boric acid.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
753
302
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Circuit
Circuit Board
Board (Cryo
(Cryo--Ground)
Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ and 9 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
HCl should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. This method is
considered a leach and may not provide a total digestion.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, with particles upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
377
303
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Ferric
Ferric Oxide
Oxide in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of a 1:1:1 HCl, HNO₃, and Deionized H₂O mixture. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, yellow in color, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
744
304
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Gadolinium
Gadolinium Zirconium
ZirconiumOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₂SO₄, 1.5 mL of HNO₃ and 1.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
305
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Gadolinium
Gadolinium Zirconium
ZirconiumOxide
Oxide in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 1.5 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 20 mL deionized H₂O into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Reagents
H₃BO₃
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
b) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
742
306
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Gas Atomized Powder
Gas Atomized Powder in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Samples were clear, green in color and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
721
307
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Glass (Ground)
Glass (Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
378
308
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Graphite
Graphite Composite
Composite- -Cyanate
CyanateEster
EsterResin
Resin
Procedure
Weigh 1.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
563
309
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Graphite
Graphite Composite
Composite- -Epoxy
EpoxyResin
Resin
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
564
310
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Graphite
Graphite Composite
Composite- -PEEK
PEEKResin
Resin
Procedure
Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
565
311
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Graphite
Graphite Fiber
Fiber--Cyanate
CyanateSiloxane
SiloxaneResin
Resin
Procedure
Add 1 Laminate Square (Approx. 1 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 35 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Sample must be completely covered with acid prior to digestion.
After digestion the samples are filtered and the fibers are rinsed with deionized water.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was digested, but the fiber filler material is left undigested for subsequent gravimetric analysis.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
567
312
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Graphite
Graphite Fiber
Fiber--Epoxy
EpoxyResin
Resin(Fiber
(FiberContent)
Content)
Procedure
Weigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Sample must be completely covered with acid prior to digestion.
After digestion the samples are filtered and the graphite fibers are rinsed with deionized water.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was digested, but the fiber filler material is left undigested for subsequent gravimetric analysis.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
379
313
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Pollucite
Pollucite Ore
Ore in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
314
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Pollucite
Pollucite Ore
Ore in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 2.5 g H₃BO₃ and 25 mL of deionized H₂O into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Reagents
H₃BO₃
DI H₂O
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
b) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
c) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
757
315
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Materials
Siloxanes
Siloxanes
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
760
316
Metals & Alloys
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Alpha
Alpha -- Alumina
Alumina in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HCl. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the sample and acid.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The maximum number of vessels that can be run for this method is 6.
Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
343
318
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Aluminum
Aluminum (Metal)
(Metal)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 3 mL of DI H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
HCl should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
382
319
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Aluminum
Aluminum Alloy
Alloy
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O and 5 mL of HCl .Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Add H₂O before HCl.
Add HCl slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until initial reaction subsides.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
381
320
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Aluminum
Aluminum Alloy
Alloy(20%
(20%SiC)
SiC)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
569
321
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Aluminum
Aluminum Alloy
Alloy(BCS
(BCS182)
182)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 20 mL of HCl, 10 mL of H₂O₂ (30%), and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
568
322
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Aluminum
Aluminum Oxide
Oxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL H₃PO₄ and 3.5 mL H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the
sample and acid.
Notes
EasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method.
Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
344
323
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Aluminum
Aluminum Oxide
Oxide(H₃PO₄)
(H3PO4) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL H₃PO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-
digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid may be required to provide complete digestion of some sample
matrixes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless with some white particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
673
324
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Boron
Boron
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
570
325
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Boron
Boron Carbide
Carbide(B₄C)
(B4C) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl to mix the sample particles in the
acid. Slowly and carefully add 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “BoricAcid HF Neutralization”.
Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
674
326
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Carbonyl
Carbonyl Iron
Iron in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃, 2 mL HCl, and 1 mL HBF₄ slowly. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, yellow in color with no visible particles upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
678
327
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Cobalt
Cobalt --Chromium
ChromiumAlloy
Alloy(Co-Cr)
(Co-Cr) (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Add 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 5 mL of HF, and 5 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
328
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Cobalt
Cobalt --Chromium
ChromiumAlloy
Alloy(Co-Cr)
(Co-Cr) (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessels to cool. Open and add 4 mL of H₂O₂ (30%) dropwise. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
H₂O₂ (30%)
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
572
329
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Copper
Copper (Metal)
(Metal)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
384
330
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Copper
Copper Ore
Ore
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of Aqua Regia (3:1 HCl:HNO₃ ,). Gently swirl
the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the
sample matrix.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, and colorless with some remaining particles upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
383
331
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Gallium
Gallium
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃ and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
573
332
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Iron
Iron -- Chromium
ChromiumAlloy
Alloy (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Add 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HF, and 2 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
333
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Iron
Iron -- Chromium
ChromiumAlloy
Alloy (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessels to cool. Open and add 5 mL of HNO₃. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
HNO₃
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
575
334
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Iron
Iron -- Chromium
ChromiumAlloy
Alloy in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HF, and 5 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
685
335
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Iron
Iron -- Lignosulfonate
Lignosulfonate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
574
336
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Iron
Iron -- Manganese
ManganeseAlloy
Alloy
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
576
337
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Iron
Iron -- Silicon
Silicon Alloy
Alloy
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HF, 5 mL HCl, and 3 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and allow any
initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
his procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
577
338
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Lead
Lead Sulfide
Sulfide (PbS)
(PbS)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
503
339
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Lithium
Lithium Nickel
NickelCobalt
CobaltManganese
ManganeseOxide
Oxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
The samples were clear, green in color, and particle free upon dilution.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
724
340
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Magnesium
Magnesium Oxide
Oxide(MgO
(MgO40 -54 %)
40-54%)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of DI H₂O, 5 mL HCl, and 5 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl and allow approximately
15 minutes for pre-digestion.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in
solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however,
limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
762
341
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Manganous
Manganous Oxide
Oxide (MnO)
(MnO) (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
342
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Manganous
Manganous Oxide
Oxide (MnO)
(MnO) (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and seal the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Reagents
HCl
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
505
343
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metal
Metal Alloy
Alloy--FeCr
FeCr
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
385
344
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metal
Metal Alloy
Alloy--NiCr
NiCr
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
386
345
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metal
Metal Alloy
Alloy(Ag,
(Ag,Au,
Au,Cu)
Cu) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL HCl, 1 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid may be required to provide complete digestion of some sample
matrices.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was yellow in color, with some white particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
686
346
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metal
Metal Alloy
Alloy(Ag,
(Ag,Co,
Co,Cu)
Cu) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL HNO₃, 3 mL Deionized H₂O and 3 mL HF (in this order). Add HF slowly and
carefully. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
687
347
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metal
Metal Alloy
Alloy(Ag,
(Ag,Cu,
Cu,Sn)
Sn) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL HNO₃, 3 mL Deionized Water, and 3 mL HF in this order. Add HF slowly
and carefully. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
688
348
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metal
Metal Ore
Ore--Precious
Precious (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, and 0.5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
349
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metal
Metal Ore
Ore--Precious
Precious (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Cool, vent and open vessel after step 1. Add 5 ml of HCl.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Reagents
HCl
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
603
350
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metals
Metals Alloy
Alloy (Co-Cr)
(Co-Cr) (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 ml of HNO₃, 5 ml of HF, and 5 of ml H2O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Deionized Water may improve solubility of metal alloys.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
351
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Metals
Metals Alloy
Alloy (Co-Cr)
(Co-Cr) (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Cool, vent and open vessel after step 1. Add 4 ml of H₂O₂, (30%)
Notes
Reagents
H₂O₂
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
602
352
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Nickel
Nickel (II)
(II)Hydroxide
Hydroxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
The samples were clear, light green in color, and particle free upon dilution.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
725
353
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Nickel
Nickel (Metal)
(Metal)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of DI H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
387
354
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Niobium
Niobium --Titanium
TitaniumAlloy
Alloy
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HF, 5 mL HNO₃, and 5 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.
Notes
his procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
578
355
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Phosphate
Phosphate (21%)
(21%)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O₂ (30%), 5 mL HCl dropwise (wait for reaction to subside before
adding next acid), and 5 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 1 hour before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
761
356
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Platinum
Platinum Metal
Metal
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of Aqua Regia (3:1 HCl:HNO₃). Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
388
357
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Platinum
Platinum Ruthenium
Ruthenium in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, and 2 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
694
358
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Rhodium
Rhodium Sponge
Sponge in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 2 mL of H₂O₂ dropwise. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The maximum number of vessels that can be run with this method is 6.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
697
359
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Selenium
Selenium Alloy
Alloy
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing
the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
389
360
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Sn
Sn -- Ag
Ag Solder
Solder
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add dropwise 10 ml of 1:1:1 H₂O:HNO₃:HF (premixed) to the sample. Gently
swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Caution must be taken when adding the acid solution to the sample as the reaction is very vigorous and exothermic.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
390
361
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Stainless and Low
Stainless and Low Carbon
Carbon Steel
Steel in iPrep
Procedure
Add 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 9 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, gold colored, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
704
362
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Stainless
Stainless Steel
Steel
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 ml of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
391
363
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Steel
Steel (Stainless)
(Stainless)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ and 9 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample
matrixes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
392
364
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Strontium
Strontium Ferrite
Ferrite in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
705
365
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Titanium
Titanium Alloy
Alloy
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides
formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note
entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
479
366
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Titanium
Titanium Dioxide
Dioxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
489
367
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Tungsten
Tungsten Ore
Ore (50%
(50%W;
W;10%
10%Fe;
Fe;2%
2%Mn)
Mn)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
513
368
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Zinc
Zinc Oxide
Oxide(ZnO)
(ZnO)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
393
369
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Zinc
Zinc Oxide
Oxide(ZnO)
(ZnO) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample (onto a filter disk) into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL HNO₃ and 2 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
712
370
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Metals an
Zircon
Zircon Alloy
Alloy
Procedure
Add 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HF, 1 mL HNO₃, and 10 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and
wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
580
371
Nutraceuticals
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Biotin
Biotin
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
394
373
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Cannabis
Cannabis (Plant)
(Plant)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, or alternatively 9 mL HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the
mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
715
374
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Chili
Chili Powder
Powder in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless with some small particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
680
375
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Citrus
Citrus Leaves
Leaves
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of deionized H₂O, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture
and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
539
376
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Ginkgo
Ginkgo (Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
395
377
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Ginkgo
Ginkgo (Whole
(WholePill)
Pill)
Procedure
Weigh 1 pill (approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
396
378
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Liquid)
(Liquid) in iPrep
Procedure
Transfer 2 mL of of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
301
379
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Liquid)
(Liquid)
Procedure
Transfer 1 mL (0.5 mL w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
302
380
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Powder)
(Powder) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-
digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
303
381
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Infant
Infant Formula
Formula(Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
304
382
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Kelp
Kelp
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
421
383
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Milk (Whole -- Liquid)
Milk (Whole Liquid)
Procedure
Transfer 4 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
309
384
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Milk
Milk (Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
310
385
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Plant
Plant Tissue
Tissue
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
234
386
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)
USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
265
387
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Agricultur
Wheat
Wheat
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
239
388
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Food Test
Whey
Whey (Powder)
(Powder)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
339
389
Organic Chemicals
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)phosphoric
Di-(2-ethylhexyl)phosphoricAcid
Acid in iPrep
Procedure
Transfer 0.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
682
391
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Diazo
Diazo Sulfonyl
Sulfonyl Chloride
Chloride
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
581
392
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Food
Food Coloring
Coloring(Erythrosine
(ErythrosineBased)
Based)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
582
393
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Methylcellulose
Methylcellulose (Hydroxypropyl)
(Hydroxypropyl)
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
583
394
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Monoethanolamine
Monoethanolamine
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
584
395
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Photoresist
Photoresist
Procedure
Add 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
398
396
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Polygluteramide
Polygluteramide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
585
397
Paints & Coatings
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paints an
Paint
Paint (Latex
(LatexBased
BasedLiquid)
Liquid)
Procedure
Weigh 1 g (0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
HF is required for a total dissolution of inorganic filler if present.
If this procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
400
399
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Paint
Paint Chips
Chips (For
(ForPb
PbAnalysis)
Analysis)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
HF may be required for a total dissolution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, with some remaining inorganic particles upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
399
400
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Organic C
Photoresist
Photoresist
Procedure
Add 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
398
401
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paints an
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
468
402
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paints an
Polyurethane
Polyurethane in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃, and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
696
403
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paints an
Toner
Toner (Ink)
(Ink) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless with some particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
401
404
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paints an
Toner
Toner (Powder)
(Powder) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum.
709
405
Paper & Pulp
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Filter
Filter Paper
Paper--37
37mm
mmMixed
MixedCellulose
CelluloseEster
Ester
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approx 0.3 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
373
407
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Filter
Filter Paper
Paper--47
47mm
mmPolycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approx 0.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before
closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
374
408
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Industrial
Filter
Filter Paper
Paper--Cellulose
Cellulose
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter (approx 0.9 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, and 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Add H₂O before HNO₃.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
372
409
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paper an
Paper
Paper Pulp
Pulp
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
473
410
Personal Care
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Agricultur
Boric Acid
Boric Acid HF
HF Neutralization
Neutralization
Procedure
Allow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
This procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction
of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.
Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
See sample specific method notes.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
6
412
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Consume
Cosmetics (Liquid
Cosmetics (Liquid Make-Up)
Make-Up)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
246
413
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Consume
Eye Shadow
Eye Shadow
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
247
414
MARS 6
Microwave Digestion
Microwave of of
Digestion Consume
Shampoo (Dandruff)
Shampoo (Dandruff)
Procedure
Transfer 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
248
415
Pharmaceutical & Biotech
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Allergy
Allergy Pill
Pill(Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
402
417
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Allergy
Allergy Pill
Pill(Whole
(WholePill)
Pill)
Procedure
Weigh 1 pill (Approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
403
418
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Antioxidant
Antioxidant(Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
404
419
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Antioxidant
Antioxidant(Whole
(WholePill)
Pill)
Procedure
Weigh 1 pill (approx 1.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
405
420
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
APIs
APIs with
with Aromatic
AromaticRing
RingStructures
Structures in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL. If the sample contains precious metals the diluted sample may be
the color associated with the metals.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
406
421
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Ascorbic
Ascorbic Acid
Acid
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
407
422
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Aspirin
Aspirin (Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
408
423
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Aspirin
Aspirin (Whole)
(Whole)
Procedure
Weigh 1 pill (Approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
409
424
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Beta
Beta Carotene
Carotene
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
410
425
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Biotin
Biotin
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
394
426
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Calcium
Calcium Carbonate
Carbonate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
411
427
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Calpan
Calpan Pantothenic
PantothenicAcid
Acid
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
412
428
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Cephalexin
Cephalexin
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
413
429
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Chromium
Chromium Chelate
Chelate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
ample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
414
430
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Cold
Cold and Flu
& Flu Medicine(Liquid)
Medicine (Liquid)
Procedure
Transfer 0.75 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
415
431
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Cupric
Cupric Sulfate
Sulfate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, blue in color, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
416
432
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Diclofenac
Diclofenac K
K
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
417
433
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Empty
Empty Capsule
Capsule (Gel)
(Gel)
Procedure
Weigh 1 capsule (Approx 0.1 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
418
434
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Erythromycin
Erythromycin
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
586
435
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Fish
Fish Oil
Oil (No
(NoCapsule)
Capsule)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
419
436
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Flurbiprofen
Flurbiprofen
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
587
437
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Folic
Folic Acid
Acid
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
420
438
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Ginkgo
Ginkgo (Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
395
439
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Ginkgo
Ginkgo (Whole
(WholePill)
Pill)
Procedure
Weigh 1 pill (approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
396
440
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Hydrocodone
Hydrocodone
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
588
441
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Ibuprofen
Ibuprofen(Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL HNO₃ and 2 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
730
442
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Nutraceuti
Kelp
Kelp
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
421
443
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Losartan
Losartan K
K
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
422
444
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Magnesium
Magnesium Carbonate
Carbonate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Allow any reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
423
445
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Magnesium
Magnesium Oxide
Oxide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
424
446
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Manganese
Manganese Carbonate
Carbonate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
426
447
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Medroxyprogesterone
Medroxyprogesterone
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
589
448
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Metformin
Metformin(Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
427
449
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Mineral
Mineral Oil
Oil
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
459
450
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Multivitamin
Multivitamin(Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
428
451
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Multivitamin
Multivitamin(Whole)
(Whole)
Procedure
Weigh 1 pill (Approx 2.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
429
452
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Naproxen
Naproxen Sodium
Sodium
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
590
453
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Niacinamide
Niacinamide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
430
454
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Pantothenic
Pantothenic Acid
Acid
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
431
455
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Potassium
Potassium Chelate
Chelate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
432
456
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Protopic
Protopic Ointment
Ointment
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
591
457
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Pyridoxine
Pyridoxine
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
434
458
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Riboflavin
Riboflavin
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
435
459
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Selenium
Selenium Chelate
Chelate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
436
460
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Sleep
Sleep Aid
Aid
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
592
461
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Sodium
Sodium Polystyrene
PolystyreneSulfonate
Sulfonate in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
703
462
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Stearic
Stearic Acid
Acid
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
437
463
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Sudan
Sudan Orange
Orange (4-Fluorophenyl)
(4-Fluorophenyl) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
706
464
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Thiamine
Thiamine
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
438
465
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Transdermal
Transdermal Patch
Patch
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 0.1 g of NH₄F. Gently swirtl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses ammonium fluoride, which creates in-situ hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid
or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in
the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Completed samples were clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
593
466
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Trixie
Trixie Phosphate
Phosphate in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
710
467
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)
USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
265
468
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamin
Vitamin B-12
B-12
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
439
469
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamin
Vitamin C
C (Ground)
(Ground)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
440
470
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamin
Vitamin C
C (Whole)
(Whole)
Procedure
Weigh 1 pill (Approx 1.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
441
471
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamin
Vitamin Concentrate
Concentrate(High
(HighFe)
Fe)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3 and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
519
472
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamin
Vitamin D
D
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
442
473
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamin
Vitamin D3
D3
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
443
474
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamin
Vitamin EE
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
444
475
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Vitamins
Vitamins
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl
the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric
Acid HF Neutralization”.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
445
476
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Zinc
Zinc Sulfate
Sulfate
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
446
477
Plastics, Polymers, & Oils
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Acrylamide
Acrylamide
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
447
479
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Brominated
Brominated Flame
FlameRetardant
Retardant in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Insert stir bar into the vessel. Add 4.5 mL H₂SO₄ and 4.0 mL HNO₃ to the vessel,
then add 1.5 mL H₂O₂ dropwise. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
675
480
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Bunker
Bunker Oil
Oil in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
451
481
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Char
Char -- Sulfuric
Sulfuric Acid
Acid
Procedure
Add 6 mL H₂SO₄ into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.
Notes
EasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method.
This method is for the pretreatment of large sample sizes or difficult organic samples that are resistant to oxidation. After the char is
complete, the vessel is opened and a normal oxidation with HNO₃ can be run, usually at around 200C.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
See sample specific method notes.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
352
482
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Crude
Crude Oil
Oil
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
452
483
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Diesel
Diesel Fuel
Fuel
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
357
484
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Epoxy
Epoxy Hardener
Hardener
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
453
485
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Fatty
Fatty Alcohol
Alcohol
Procedure
Weigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃ and 4 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
454
486
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Fluorinated
FluorinatedEthylene
EthylenePropylene
Propylene(FEP)
(FEP) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 120 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4.5 mL of H₂SO₄, 4 mL of HNO₃, and 1.5 mL of H₂O₂ slowly. Gently swirl the
mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
717
487
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Fuel
Fuel Oil
Oil (Slurry)
(Slurry) in iPrep (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid or other neutralization step should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch
Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
488
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Fuel
Fuel Oil
Oil (Slurry)
(Slurry) in iPrep (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Allow vessels to cool. Open and add 2 mL H₂O₂ (30%) dropwise. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
H₂O₂ (30%)
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
650
489
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Gasoline
Gasoline
Procedure
Add 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
455
490
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Glycerol
Glycerol Ester
Ester of
of Wood
WoodRosin
Rosin(Ground)
(Ground) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes to predigest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
684
491
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
HDPE
HDPE
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
456
492
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Geoscien
Kerosene
Kerosene
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
359
493
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Kevlar
Kevlar in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Ensure that all fibers are completely covered with acid and not adhered to the vessel liner wall.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
457
494
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Lube
Lube Oil
Oil
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
458
495
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Methyl
Methyl Ester
Ester of
ofHydrogenated
HydrogenatedWood
WoodRosin
Rosin(Ground)
(Ground) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
predigest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
689
496
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Pharmace
Mineral
Mineral Oil
Oil
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
459
497
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Motor
Motor Oil
Oil(New)
(New)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
460
498
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Motor
Motor Oil
Oil(Waste)
(Waste)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
360
499
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Motor
Motor Oil
Oil(Waste)
(Waste) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
461
500
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Nylon
Nylon
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
462
501
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Oil
Oil Wear
WearMetals
Metals
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
598
502
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
PET
PET (Polyethylene
(PolyethyleneTerephthalate)
Terephthalate)
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
463
503
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
PET
PET (Polyethylene
(PolyethyleneTerephthalate)
Terephthalate) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.4 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
464
504
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Petrolatum
Petrolatum
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
594
505
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Plasticizer
Plasticizer (Filter)
(Filter) in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃, and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
691
506
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Plasticizers
Plasticizers in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
692
507
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Polycarbonate
PolycarbonateResin
Resin (Step 1 of 2)
Procedure
Char Step
Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Easy Prep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
508
MARS 6 (
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Polycarbonate
PolycarbonateResin
Resin (Step 2 of 2)
Procedure
Proceeding step one, add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Reagents
HNO₃
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
604
509
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Polyethersulfone
Polyethersulfone(Filter
(FilterPaper)
Paper)
Procedure
Weigh 1 filter paper (Approx 0.1 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
465
510
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Polyethylene
Polyethylene--High
HighDensity
Density
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing
the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
466
511
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Polyphenylene
PolyphenyleneSulfide
Sulfide
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
596
512
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 (0.1 g w/Xpress vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait
approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
467
513
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Polyterpene
PolyterpeneResin
Resin in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to
predigest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in an iPrep.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
695
514
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paints an
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
468
515
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Paints an
Polyurethane
Polyurethane in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃, and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
696
516
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
PVC
PVC (Polyvinyl
(Polyvinyl Chloride
ChlorideResin)
Resin)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress Vessels) of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
469
517
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Rubber
Rubber
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
471
518
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Rubber
Rubber (Synthetic)
(Synthetic)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
470
519
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Silane
Silane Terminated
TerminatedPolyether
Polyether in iPrep
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
699
520
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Silicone
Silicone Tubing
Tubing -- TiO₂
TiO2Filler
Filler
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.
Notes
This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,
an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric
Acid HF Neutralization".
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
557
521
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Styrene
Styrene Acrylate
Acrylate
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
597
522
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Terephthalic
Terephthalic Acid
Acid
Procedure
Weigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
472
523
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Plastics,
Wax
Wax (Petroleum
(PetroleumBased)
Based)
Procedure
Weigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes
before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
595
524
Water & Wastewater Treatment
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
NPDES
NPDES (Waste
(WasteWater)
Water)
Procedure
Transfer 50 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the
vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
252
526
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Sludge
Sludge (Industrial)
(Industrial)
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15
minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
257
527
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
TCLP Extract
TCLP Extract
Procedure
Transfer 25 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
259
528
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
US
US EPA 3015 (Aqueous
EPA 3015 (Aqueous Samples)
Samples)
Procedure
Transfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
This method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the
sample matrix.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
260
529
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
US
US EPA 3015a (Aqueous
EPA 3015a (AqueousSample)
Sample)
Procedure
Transfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3, or alternatively 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the
mixture before closing the vessel.
Notes
The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.
The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the
techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
This method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the
sample matrix.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
261
530
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Waste
Waste Activated
ActivatedSludge
Sludge
Procedure
Weigh 0.5 g (dry weight) (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of H₂O₂. Gently
swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
266
531
MARS 6
Microwave
Microwave Digestion of of
Digestion Environm
Water
Water (For
(ForAnalysis
Analysisof
ofPhosphorous)
Phosphorous)
Procedure
Transfer 50 mL of H₂O into the digestion vessel. Add 0.5 g of K₂S₂O₈ and 1 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately
15 minutes before closing the vessel.
Notes
Heating Program
Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring
* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.
Results
Sample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.
General Precaution
a) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the
required results on your sample.
b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.
c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.
d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or
below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.
e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels
detected.
267
532